]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
NEWS: mention that logind is restartable
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 234:
4
5 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10 summary:
11
12 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
13
14 becomes:
15
16 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
17
18 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
19 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
20 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
21 .device units.
22
23 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
24 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
25 running a systemd user instance.
26
27 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
28 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
29 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
30 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
31 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
32 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
33
34 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
35
36 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
37 (domain search list).
38
39 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
40 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
41 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
42 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
43 implementation of RA.
44
45 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
46 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
47 ISO date values.
48
49 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
50 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
51 devices.
52
53 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
54 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
55 option.
56
57 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
58 for processing internationalized domain names. The old version
59 remains supported, as it has a much smaller footprint.
60
61 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
62 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
63 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
64 SHA256SUMS files.
65
66 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
67 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
68
69 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
70
71 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
72
73 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
74 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
75
76 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
77 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
78 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
79 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
80
81 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
82 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
83 using the FDSTORE= mechanim. Please note that further changes in
84 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
85 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
86 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
87 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
88 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
89 systemd-logind to be safe. See
90 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
91
92 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
93 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
94 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
95 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
96 removed after the all plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
97 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
98
99 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos,
100 AlexanderKurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Amir Pakdel,
101 Amir Yalon, Anchor Cat, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
102 Charles Plessy, Christian Brauner, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
103 codekipper, Danielle Church, Daniel Drake, Daniel Molkentin,
104 Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann,
105 David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni,
106 Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico,
107 Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, flussence, Franck Bui, Gary Tierney,
108 George McCollister, hanklank, Hans de Goede, hecke, hendrikw01,
109 Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, iplayinsun, Ivan Shapovalov,
110 James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason Reeder,
111 João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg Thalheim,
112 Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow, kjackiewicz,
113 Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili, Lucas Werkmeister,
114 Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcin Bachry, Mark Stosberg,
115 Martin Pitt, Matija Skala, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
116 Matt Clarkson, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný,
117 Michal Sekletar, Michal Suchanek, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
118 Neil Brown, Pascal S. de Kloe, Patrik Flykt, Pat Riehecky,
119 Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall,
120 Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
121 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, steelman,
122 Stefan Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted W, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
123 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel,
124 Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø,
125 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, userwithuid, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho,
126 wiertel, Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
127
128 — Berlin, 2017-06-XX
129
130 CHANGES WITH 233:
131
132 * This version requires at least gperf 3.1 for building, 3.0 is not
133 sufficient.
134
135 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
136 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
137 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
138 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
139 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
140 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
141 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
142 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
143 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
144
145 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
146 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
147 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
148 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
149 default selected on the configure command line
150 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
151 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
152 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
153 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
154 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
155 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
156 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
157 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
158 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
159 greatest stability and compatibility only.
160
161 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
162 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
163 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
164 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
165 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
166 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
167 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
168 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
169 further details about this.)
170
171 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
172 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
173 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
174
175 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
176 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
177
178 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
179 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
180 with 'make install-tests'.
181
182 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
183 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
184 kernel.
185
186 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
187 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
188 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
189 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
190 by the Slice= option.
191
192 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
193 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
194 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
195 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
196
197 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
198 following choices:
199
200 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
201 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
202 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
203 (h)elp
204 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
205 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
206 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
207 (y)es, execute the command
208
209 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
210 because its meaning was confusing.
211
212 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
213 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
214
215 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
216 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
217 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
218
219 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
220 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
221 state directly, without executing these commands.
222
223 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
224 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
225 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
226
227 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
228 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
229 combination with After=) have been started.
230
231 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
232 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
233 setting, and which system calls they contain.
234
235 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
236 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
237 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
238 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
239 configuration related calls.
240
241 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
242 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
243 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
244 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
245 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
246 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
247 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
248
249 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
250 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
251
252 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
253 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
254 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
255
256 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
257 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
258
259 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
260 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
261 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
262 for compatibility.
263
264 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
265 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
266
267 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
268 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
269
270 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
271 support for negative matching.
272
273 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
274
275 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
276 permitted runtime of the mount command.
277
278 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
279 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
280 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
281 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
282 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
283 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
284 removed from the drive.
285
286 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
287 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
288
289 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
290 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
291
292 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
293 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
294 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
295
296 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
297 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
298 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
299 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
300 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
301 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
302 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
303
304 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
305 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
306 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
307 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
308 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
309 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
310
311 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
312 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
313
314 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
315 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
316 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
317 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
318 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
319 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
320 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
321 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
322
323 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
324 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
325 including all control processes.
326
327 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
328 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
329 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
330
331 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
332 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
333 prefixing the source path with "+".
334
335 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
336 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
337 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
338 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
339 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
340 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
341 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
342 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
343
344 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
345 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
346 before).
347
348 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
349 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
350 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
351 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
352 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
353 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
354 the new --root-hash= command line option).
355
356 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
357 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
358 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
359 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
360 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
361 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
362 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
363 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
364 versions.
365
366 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
367 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
368 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
369 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
370 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
371 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
372 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
373 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
374 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
375 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
376 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
377 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
378 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
379 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
380 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
381 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
382 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
383 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
384 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
385 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
386 a Verity-enabled root partition.
387
388 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
389 accelerometer quirks.
390
391 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
392 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
393 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
394 ID of each service.
395
396 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
397 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
398 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
399 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
400 view.
401
402 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
403 environment variables:
404
405 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
406
407 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
408 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
409 address.
410
411 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
412 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
413 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
414
415 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
416 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
417 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
418 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
419 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
420 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
421 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
422 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
423 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
424 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
425 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
426 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
427 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
428
429 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
430 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
431 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
432
433 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
434 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
435
436 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
437 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
438 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
439 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
440 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
441
442 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
443 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
444 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
445
446 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
447 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
448
449 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
450 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
451 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
452 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
453
454 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
455 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
456 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
457 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
458 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
459 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
460 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
461 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
462 possibly even including full integrity data.
463
464 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
465 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
466 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
467 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
468 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
469
470 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
471 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
472 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
473 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
474 directly with systemd-nspawn.
475
476 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
477 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
478 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
479 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
480
481 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
482 of coredumps in reverse order.
483
484 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
485 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
486 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
487 additional informational message in its output.
488
489 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
490 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
491 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
492
493 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
494 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
495 scripting languages such as Python.
496
497 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
498 namespacing is enabled for them.
499
500 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
501 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
502 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
503 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
504 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
505 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
506
507 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
508 root key (KSK).
509
510 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
511 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
512 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
513
514 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
515 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
516 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
517 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
518 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
519 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
520 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
521 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
522 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
523 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
524 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
525 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
526 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
527 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
528 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
529 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
530 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
531 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
532 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
533 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
534 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
535 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
536 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
537 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
538 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
539 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
540 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
541 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
542 Тихонов
543
544 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
545
546 CHANGES WITH 232:
547
548 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
549 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
550 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
551 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
552 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
553 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
554
555 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
556 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
557
558 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
559 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
560 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
561
562 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
563 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
564 to be remounted read-only for a service.
565
566 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
567 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
568 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
569 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
570
571 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
572 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
573
574 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
575 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
576 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
577
578 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
579 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
580 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
581 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
582 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
583 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
584 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
585 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
586 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
587 permanent modifications to the system.
588
589 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
590 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
591 container or chroot environments.
592
593 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
594 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
595 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
596 mapped to nobody.
597
598 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
599 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
600 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
601 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
602
603 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
604 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
605
606 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
607 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
608 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
609 and the support is provisional.
610
611 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
612 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
613 unit files in the file system).
614
615 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
616 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
617 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
618 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
619 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
620 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
621 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
622 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
623 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
624 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
625 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
626 state is fixed automatically.
627
628 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
629 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
630 option.
631
632 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
633 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
634 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
635 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
636 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
637 else.
638
639 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
640 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
641 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
642 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
643 bootable on physical systems.
644
645 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
646
647 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
648 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
649 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
650 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
651 used.
652
653 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
654 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
655 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
656 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
657
658 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
659
660 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
661 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
662 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
663 of the container).
664
665 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
666 files from the specified location.
667
668 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
669 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
670 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
671 be active.
672
673 * The hardware database has been extended to support
674 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
675 trackball devices.
676
677 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
678 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
679 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
680
681 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
682 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
683 specified service binary exited.)
684
685 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
686 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
687
688 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
689 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
690 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
691 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
692 --since= and --until= options.
693
694 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
695 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
696 are automatically propagated to the container.
697
698 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
699 from a single IP address can be limited with
700 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
701 MaxConnections=.
702
703 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
704 configuration.
705
706 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
707 drop-ins.
708
709 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
710 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
711 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
712 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
713 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
714 [Link] section of .link files.
715
716 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
717 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
718 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
719 section of .netdev files.
720
721 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
722 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
723 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
724
725 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
726 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
727 .network files.
728
729 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
730 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
731 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
732 service runtime cycle.
733
734 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
735 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
736 has been traditionally doing.
737
738 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
739 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
740 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
741 prevent any later plugins from running.
742
743 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
744 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
745 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
746 default of SplitMode=uid.
747
748 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
749 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
750 useful.
751
752 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
753 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
754 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
755 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
756 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
757 individual namespaces.
758
759 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
760 the output, as well as OS release information.
761
762 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
763
764 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
765 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
766 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
767 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
768 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
769
770 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
771 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
772 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
773 severed.
774
775 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
776 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
777 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
778 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
779 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
780 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
781 information about exit statuses and results.
782
783 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
784 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
785 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
786 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
787 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
788 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
789
790 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
791
792 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
793 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
794 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
795 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
796 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
797 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
798 entirely.
799
800 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
801 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
802 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
803
804 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
805 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
806 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
807 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
808 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
809 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
810 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
811 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
812 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
813 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
814 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
815 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
816 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
817 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
818 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
819 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
820 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
821
822 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
823 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
824 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
825 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
826
827 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
828 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
829 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
830 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
831
832 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
833 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
834 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
835 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
836 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
837 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
838 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
839 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
840 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
841 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
842 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
843 fragment entirely.)
844
845 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
846 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
847 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
848
849 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
850 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
851 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
852 FileDescriptorName= setting.
853
854 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
855 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
856 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
857 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
858 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
859 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
860
861 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
862 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
863
864 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
865 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
866
867 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
868 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
869 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
870 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
871 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
872
873 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
874 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
875 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
876 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
877 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
878 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
879 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
880 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
881 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
882 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
883 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
884 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
885 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
886 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
887 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
888 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
889 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
890 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
891 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
892 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
893 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
894 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
895 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
896 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
897 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
898 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
899
900 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
901
902 CHANGES WITH 231:
903
904 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
905 with an additional special character as first argument of the
906 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
907 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
908 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
909 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
910 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
911 independently.
912
913 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
914 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
915
916 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
917 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
918 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
919 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
920 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
921 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
922 values.
923
924 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
925 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
926 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
927 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
928 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
929
930 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
931 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
932 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
933 7:10am every day.
934
935 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
936 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
937 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
938 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
939 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
940 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
941 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
942 available for compatibility.
943
944 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
945 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
946 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
947 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
948 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
949 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
950
951 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
952 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
953 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
954 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
955 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
956 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
957 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
958 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
959 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
960
961 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
962 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
963 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
964 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
965 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
966 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
967 desired options.
968
969 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
970 cgroupsv2.
971
972 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
973 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
974 limited to subgroups of that group.
975
976 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
977 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
978 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
979 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
980 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
981 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
982 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
983 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
984
985 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
986 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
987 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
988 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
989 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
990 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
991 own long-running services.
992
993 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
994 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
995 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
996 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
997
998 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
999 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1000 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1001 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1002 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1003 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1004 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1005 primitives.
1006
1007 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1008 "terminate".
1009
1010 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1011 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1012
1013 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1014 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1015 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1016 --flush-caches".
1017
1018 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1019 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1020 is shown.
1021
1022 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1023 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1024 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1025 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1026 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1027 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1028
1029 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1030 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1031 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1032 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1033 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1034 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1035 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1036 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1037 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1038 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1039 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1040 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1041 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1042 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1043 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1044 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1045 bus API instead.
1046
1047 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1048 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1049 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1050 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1051
1052 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1053 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1054 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1055 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1056
1057 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1058 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1059 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1060
1061 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1062 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1063
1064 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1065 interface configuration.
1066
1067 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1068 specifying the --force switch.
1069
1070 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1071 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1072 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1073
1074 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1075 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1076 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1077 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1078 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1079 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1080 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1081 to be handled.
1082
1083 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1084 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1085
1086 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1087 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1088
1089 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1090 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1091 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1092
1093 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1094 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1095
1096 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1097 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1098 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1099 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1100 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1101 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1102 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1103 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1104 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1105 library.
1106
1107 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1108 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1109 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1110 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1111 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1112 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1113 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1114 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1115 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1116 HACKING for details.
1117
1118 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1119 distribution's bugtracker.
1120
1121 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1122 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1123 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1124 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1125 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1126 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1127 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1128 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1129 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1130 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1131 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1132 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1133 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1134 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1135 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1136 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1137 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1138 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1139 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1140
1141 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1142
1143 CHANGES WITH 230:
1144
1145 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1146 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1147 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1148 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1149 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1150 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1151 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1152 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1153 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1154 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1155 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1156 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1157 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1158 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1159 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1160 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1161 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1162 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1163 applications.)
1164
1165 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1166 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1167 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1168
1169 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1170 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1171 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1172 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1173 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1174 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1175 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1176
1177 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1178 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1179 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1180 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1181 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1182 command works for tmux.
1183
1184 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1185 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1186 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1187 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1188 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1189 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1190
1191 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1192 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1193
1194 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1195 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1196 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1197
1198 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1199
1200 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1201 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1202 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1203 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1204 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1205
1206 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1207 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1208 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1209 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1210
1211 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1212 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1213 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1214 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1215 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1216 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1217
1218 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1219 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1220 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1221
1222 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1223 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1224 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1225 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1226 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1227 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1228
1229 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1230 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1231 address.
1232
1233 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1234 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1235 should be emitted.
1236
1237 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1238 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1239 supported.
1240
1241 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1242 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1243 logging performance.
1244
1245 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1246 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1247 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1248 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1249 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1250 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1251
1252 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1253 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1254 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1255 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1256
1257 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1258 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1259
1260 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1261 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1262 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1263
1264 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1265
1266 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1267 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1268 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1269 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1270
1271 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1272 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1273 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1274 refuse to operate on such files.
1275
1276 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1277 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1278 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1279
1280 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1281 just hidden container images.
1282
1283 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1284 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1285
1286 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1287 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1288 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1289 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1290 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1291 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1292 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1293 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1294 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1295 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1296 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1297
1298 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1299 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1300 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1301 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1302 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1303 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1304 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1305 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1306 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1307 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1308 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1309 terminates.
1310
1311 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1312 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1313 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1314 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1315
1316 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1317 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1318 rate of the socket unit.
1319
1320 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1321 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1322 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1323 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1324 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1325
1326 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1327 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1328 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1329 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1330 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1331 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1332 with this.
1333
1334 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1335 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1336
1337 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1338 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1339
1340 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1341 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1342 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1343 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1344 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1345
1346 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1347 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1348 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1349
1350 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1351 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1352 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1353 target is now included in early userspace.
1354
1355 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1356 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1357 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1358 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1359 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1360 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1361 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1362 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1363 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1364 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1365 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1366 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1367 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1368 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1369 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1370 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1371 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1372 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1373 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1374 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1375 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1376 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1377 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1378 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1379 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1380 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1381
1382 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1383
1384 CHANGES WITH 229:
1385
1386 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1387 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1388 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1389 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1390 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1391 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1392 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1393 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1394 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1395 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1396 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1397 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1398 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1399
1400 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1401 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1402 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1403 /usr/bin.
1404
1405 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1406 devices.
1407
1408 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1409 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1410 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1411 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1412 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1413 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1414 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1415 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1416 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1417 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1418 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1419 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1420 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1421 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1422 this limit.
1423
1424 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1425 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1426 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1427 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1428 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1429 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1430 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1431 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1432
1433 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1434 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1435 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1436 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1437 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1438 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1439 and group at package installation time.
1440
1441 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1442 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1443 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1444 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1445 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1446
1447 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1448 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1449 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1450 supports it.
1451
1452 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1453 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1454
1455 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1456 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1457 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1458 file is already initialized.
1459
1460 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1461 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1462 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1463 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1464 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1465 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1466 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1467 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1468 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1469
1470 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1471 working directory for the process started in the container.
1472
1473 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1474 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1475 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1476 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1477 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1478
1479 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1480 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1481 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1482
1483 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1484 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1485 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1486 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1487
1488 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1489 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1490 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1491 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1492 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1493
1494 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1495 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1496 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1497 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1498
1499 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1500 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1501 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1502 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1503 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1504 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1505 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1506 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1507 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1508 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1509 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1510 by PID 1.
1511
1512 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1513 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1514 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1515 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1516 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1517 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1518 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1519 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1520
1521 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1522
1523 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1524 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1525 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1526
1527 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1528 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1529 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1530 recent kernels.
1531
1532 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1533 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1534
1535 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1536 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1537 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1538 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1539 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1540 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1541 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1542 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1543 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1544 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1545 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1546 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1547 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1548
1549 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1550 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1551 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1552 clusters or larger setups.
1553
1554 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1555
1556 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1557 sockets.
1558
1559 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1560
1561 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1562 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1563 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1564 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1565 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1566 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1567
1568 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1569 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1570 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1571
1572 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1573 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1574 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1575 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1576
1577 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1578
1579 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1580 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1581 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1582 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1583 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1584 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1585 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1586 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1587 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1588 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1589 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1590 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1591 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1592 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1593 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1594 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1595 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1596 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1597 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1598
1599 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1600
1601 CHANGES WITH 228:
1602
1603 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1604 files are now also available as properties to set when
1605 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1606 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1607 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1608 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1609 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1610 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1611 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1612
1613 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1614 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1615 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1616
1617 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1618 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1619 created transiently.
1620
1621 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1622 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1623 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1624 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1625 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1626 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1627 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1628 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1629
1630 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1631 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1632 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1633
1634 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1635 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1636 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1637 enabled.
1638
1639 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1640 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1641 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1642 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1643 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1644 subvolumes.
1645
1646 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1647 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1648
1649 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1650 individual indexes.
1651
1652 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1653 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1654 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1655 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1656 suffixes now.
1657
1658 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1659 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1660 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1661 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1662 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1663 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1664 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1665 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1666 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1667 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1668 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1669 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1670 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1671 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1672 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1673 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1674 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1675 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1676 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1677 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1678 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1679
1680 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1681 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1682 links between the host and the container.
1683
1684 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1685 added that allows importing select environment variables
1686 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1687 the service.
1688
1689 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1690 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1691 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1692 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1693 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1694 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1695 than until they first elapse.
1696
1697 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1698 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1699 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1700 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1701 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1702 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1703 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1704 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1705
1706 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1707 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1708 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1709 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1710 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1711 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1712 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1713 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1714 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1715 journal and in coredump handling.
1716
1717 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1718 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1719 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1720 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1721 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1722 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1723 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1724 software you package still references it, as this is a
1725 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1726 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1727
1728 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1729
1730 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1731 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1732
1733 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1734 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1735 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1736
1737 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1738 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1739 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1740 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1741 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1742 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1743 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1744 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1745 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1746 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1747 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1748 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1749 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1750 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1751 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1752 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1753
1754 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1755 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1756 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1757 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1758 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1759 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1760 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1761 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1762 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1763 surprises.
1764
1765 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1766 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1767 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1768 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1769 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1770 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1771 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1772 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1773 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1774 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1775 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
1776 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
1777 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1778 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1779 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1780 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1781 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1782 of PID 1 is the root user).
1783
1784 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1785 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1786 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1787 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1788 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1789 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1790 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1791 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1792 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1793 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1794 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1795 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1796 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1797 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1798 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1799
1800 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
1801
1802 CHANGES WITH 227:
1803
1804 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1805 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1806 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1807
1808 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1809 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1810 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1811 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1812 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1813 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1814
1815 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1816 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
1817 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1818 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
1819 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
1820
1821 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
1822 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1823 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1824 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1825 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1826 packets on unestablished sockets.
1827
1828 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
1829 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
1830 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1831 automatically.
1832
1833 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1834 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1835 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1836
1837 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1838 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1839 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1840 for disk IO.
1841
1842 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1843 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1844 removed.
1845
1846 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1847 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1848 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1849 configured in User=.
1850
1851 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1852 directory of the selected user by default.
1853
1854 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
1855 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1856 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1857 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1858 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1859 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1860 compat reasons.
1861
1862 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
1863 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
1864 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1865 units.
1866
1867 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1868 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1869 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1870 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1871 level.
1872
1873 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1874 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1875 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1876 namespaces work correctly.
1877
1878 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1879 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1880 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
1881 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
1882 activation.
1883
1884 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1885 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1886 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1887 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1888 system instance in a container.
1889
1890 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1891 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1892 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1893 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1894 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1895 connections.
1896
1897 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1898 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1899
1900 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1901 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1902 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1903 processes attached, or similar.
1904
1905 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1906 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1907 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1908
1909 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1910 specifiers like %i or %f.
1911
1912 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
1913 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1914 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1915 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1916
1917 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1918 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
1919 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
1920 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1921 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1922 descriptors using sd_notify().
1923
1924 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1925
1926 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
1927 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
1928
1929 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1930 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1931
1932 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
1933 .network files.
1934
1935 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1936 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1937 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1938 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1939 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1940 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1941 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1942 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1943 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1944 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1945 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1946 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1947 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1948 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1949 gdm-autologin is used.
1950
1951 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1952 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1953 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1954 next to the image file.
1955
1956 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1957 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1958 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1959 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1960
1961 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1962 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1963 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1964 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1965 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1966 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1967
1968 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1969 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1970 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1971 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
1972 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
1973 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1974 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1975 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1976 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1977 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1978 number of files in place.
1979
1980 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1981 on kernels where that is supported.
1982
1983 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
1984
1985 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1986 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1987 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1988 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1989 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1990 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1991 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1992 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1993 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1994 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1995 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1996 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1997 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1998 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1999 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2000 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2001 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2002 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2003
2004 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2005
2006 CHANGES WITH 226:
2007
2008 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2009 new features:
2010
2011 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2012 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2013 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2014 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2015 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2016 is any) is propagated.
2017
2018 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2019 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2020 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2021 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2022 information is enabled between host and containers by
2023 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2024 to what the host has set.
2025
2026 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2027 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2028
2029 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2030 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2031 information back, even if the server loses state.
2032
2033 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2034 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2035 PoolSize=.
2036
2037 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2038 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2039 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2040 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2041
2042 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2043 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2044 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2045 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2046 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2047
2048 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2049 for virtio devices.
2050
2051 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2052 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2053 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2054 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2055 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2056 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2057 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2058 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2059 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2060 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2061 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2062 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2063 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2064 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2065 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2066 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2067 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2068 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2069 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2070 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2071 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2072 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2073 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2074 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2075 grants them.
2076
2077 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2078 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2079 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2080 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2081 group tree.
2082
2083 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2084 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2085 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2086 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2087 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2088 work correctly in containers now.
2089
2090 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2091 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2092
2093 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2094 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2095 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2096 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2097 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2098
2099 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2100 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2101 signal events.
2102
2103 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2104 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2105 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2106 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2107 on these parameters.
2108
2109 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2110 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2111 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2112 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2113 nspawn command line.
2114
2115 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2116 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2117 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2118 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2119 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2120 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2121 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2122 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2123
2124 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2125
2126 CHANGES WITH 225:
2127
2128 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2129 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2130 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2131 shell directly without prompting for username or
2132 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2133 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2134 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2135 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2136 the originating session.
2137
2138 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2139 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2140
2141 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2142 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2143 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2144 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2145 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2146 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2147 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2148 this release.
2149
2150 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2151 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2152 messages.
2153
2154 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2155 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2156 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2157
2158 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2159 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2160
2161 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2162 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2163 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2164 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2165 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2166 posteriori.
2167
2168 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2169 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2170
2171 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2172 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2173 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2174 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2175 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2176 "lastlog" tools.
2177
2178 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2179 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2180 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2181 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2182 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2183
2184 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2185 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2186 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2187 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2188 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2189 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2190 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2191 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2192 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2193 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2194 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2195 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2196
2197 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2198
2199 CHANGES WITH 224:
2200
2201 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2202 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2203
2204 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2205 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2206 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2207
2208 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2209 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2210 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2211
2212 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2213
2214 CHANGES WITH 223:
2215
2216 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2217 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2218 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2219 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2220
2221 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2222 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2223
2224 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2225 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2226
2227 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2228
2229 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2230 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2231 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2232
2233 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2234 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2235 decapsulated packet.
2236
2237 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2238 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2239 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2240 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2241 netlink attribute.
2242
2243 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2244 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2245 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2246 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2247
2248 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2249 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2250 according to RFC2460.
2251
2252 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2253 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2254
2255 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2256 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2257 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2258
2259 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2260 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2261 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2262 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2263 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2264 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2265
2266 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2267 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2268 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2269 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2270 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2271 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2272 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2273 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2274 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2275 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2276
2277 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2278
2279 CHANGES WITH 222:
2280
2281 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2282 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2283 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2284
2285 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2286 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2287
2288 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2289 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2290 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2291 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2292 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2293
2294 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2295 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2296 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2297
2298 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2299 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2300 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2301 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2302 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2303
2304 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2305
2306 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2307 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2308 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2309 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2310 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2311 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2312 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2313 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2314 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2315 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2316
2317 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2318
2319 CHANGES WITH 221:
2320
2321 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2322 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2323 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2324 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2325 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2326 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2327 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2328 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2329 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2330 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2331 portable to other kernels.
2332
2333 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2334 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2335 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2336 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2337 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2338 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2339 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2340 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2341 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2342 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2343 systemd enabled.
2344
2345 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2346 2.26.
2347
2348 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2349 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2350 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2351 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2352 in README for details.
2353
2354 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2355 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2356 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2357 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2358 unit.
2359
2360 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2361 into man pages.
2362
2363 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2364 external project.
2365
2366 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2367 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2368
2369 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2370 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2371 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2372 state.
2373
2374 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2375 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2376 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2377
2378 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2379 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2380 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2381 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2382 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2383 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2384 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2385 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2386 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2387 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2388 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2389 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2390 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2391 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2392 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2393 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2394
2395 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2396
2397 CHANGES WITH 220:
2398
2399 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2400 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2401 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2402 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2403 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2404 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2405 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2406 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2407
2408 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2409 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2410 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2411 service consumed). This value is only available if
2412 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2413 in the "systemctl status" output.
2414
2415 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2416 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2417 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2418 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2419 previously was already the default behaviour).
2420
2421 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2422 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2423 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2424
2425 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2426 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2427 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2428 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2429
2430 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2431 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2432 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2433 journalling file systems that support external journal
2434 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2435 systems to be mounted.
2436
2437 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2438 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2439 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2440 stable release this should not be problematic.
2441
2442 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2443 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2444 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2445 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2446 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2447
2448 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2449 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2450 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2451 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2452 network switches.
2453
2454 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2455 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2456
2457 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2458 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2459 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2460
2461 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2462
2463 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2464 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2465 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2466 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2467 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2468 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2469 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2470 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2471 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2472 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2473 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2474 been fixed in v220.
2475
2476 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2477 systemd-networkd.
2478
2479 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2480 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2481 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2482 containers started from the command line.
2483
2484 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2485 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2486
2487 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2488 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2489 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2490 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2491
2492 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2493 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2494 when shutting down.
2495
2496 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2497 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2498 overlayfs support.
2499
2500 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2501 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2502 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2503 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2504 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2505 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2506 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2507
2508 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2509 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2510 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2511
2512 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2513 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2514 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2515 of v1 as before).
2516
2517 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2518 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2519
2520 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2521 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2522 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2523 their own sessions without further privileges or
2524 authorization.
2525
2526 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2527 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2528 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2529 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2530 accessible via a bus interface.
2531
2532 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2533 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2534 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2535 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2536 to cover this functionality.
2537
2538 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2539 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2540 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2541 disabled/masked also stopped.
2542
2543 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2544 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2545 updated to support systemd-boot.
2546
2547 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2548 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2549 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2550 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2551 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2552 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2553 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2554 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2555 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2556
2557 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2558 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2559 system.
2560
2561 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2562 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2563 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2564 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2565 device symlinks.
2566
2567 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2568 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2569 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2570 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2571
2572 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2573 stick devices has been added.
2574
2575 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2576 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2577
2578 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2579 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2580 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2581 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2582 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2583
2584 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2585 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2586 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2587
2588 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2589 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2590 Debian.
2591
2592 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2593 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2594 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2595
2596 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2597 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2598 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2599 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2600 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2601 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2602 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2603 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2604 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2605 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2606 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2607 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2608 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2609 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2610 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2611 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2612 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2613 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2614 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2615 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2616 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2617 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2618 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2619 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2620 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2621 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2622 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2623
2624 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2625
2626 CHANGES WITH 219:
2627
2628 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2629 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2630 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2631 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2632 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2633 interface with and update the database.
2634
2635 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2636 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2637 before bytewise copying is done.
2638
2639 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2640 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2641 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2642 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2643 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2644 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2645 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2646 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2647 available on btrfs file systems.
2648
2649 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2650 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2651 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2652 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2653 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2654 systems.
2655
2656 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2657 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2658 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2659 mount point remains.
2660
2661 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2662 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2663 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2664 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2665 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2666 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2667 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2668 are disabled.
2669
2670 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2671 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2672 container to the host or vice versa.
2673
2674 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2675 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2676 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2677
2678 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2679 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2680
2681 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2682 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2683 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2684 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2685 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2686 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2687 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2688 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2689 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2690 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2691 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2692 make the functionality of importd available to the
2693 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2694 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2695 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2696 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2697 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2698 only fully supported on btrfs.
2699
2700 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2701 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2702 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2703 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2704 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2705 information about images.
2706
2707 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2708 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2709 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2710 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2711 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2712 legacy file systems).
2713
2714 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2715 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2716 shown in networkctl output.
2717
2718 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2719 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2720 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2721 processes as system services while interactively
2722 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2723 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2724 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2725 full login session, the difference being that the former
2726 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2727 setup.
2728
2729 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2730 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2731 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2732 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2733 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2734
2735 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2736 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2737 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2738 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2739 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2740 via qemu/kvm.
2741
2742 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2743 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2744 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2745 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2746 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2747 disk images, too.
2748
2749 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2750 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2751 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2752 integrate with that.
2753
2754 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2755 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2756 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2757 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2758
2759 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2760 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2761 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2762
2763 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2764 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2765 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2766 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2767 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2768 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2769 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2770 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2771 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2772 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2773
2774 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2775 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2776 files.
2777
2778 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
2779 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
2780 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
2781 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
2782 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2783 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2784 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2785 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2786 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2787 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2788 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2789 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2790 explicitly turned on.
2791
2792 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2793 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2794 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2795 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2796
2797 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2798 supported.
2799
2800 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2801 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2802 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2803 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2804 associated with a virtual machine or container
2805 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2806 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2807 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2808 output however.)
2809
2810 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2811 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2812 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2813 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2814 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2815 caller's session/user.
2816
2817 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2818 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2819 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2820 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2821 user services.
2822
2823 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2824 same way as unit files.
2825
2826 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2827 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2828 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2829 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2830 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2831 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2832 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2833 the host.
2834
2835 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2836 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2837 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2838 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2839 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2840 host.
2841
2842 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
2843 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2844 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2845 updated to make use of it too by default.
2846
2847 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2848 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2849 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2850 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2851
2852 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2853 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2854 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2855 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2856 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2857 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2858 modification.
2859
2860 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2861 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2862 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
2863 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
2864 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2865 information about Touchpad types.
2866
2867 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2868 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2869
2870 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2871 Policy link field.
2872
2873 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2874 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2875
2876 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2877 ACLs on files.
2878
2879 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2880 tmpfs, automatically.
2881
2882 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2883 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2884 status" output, if available.
2885
2886 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2887 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2888 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2889 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2890 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2891 run on next reboot.
2892
2893 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2894 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2895 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2896 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2897 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2898 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2899 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2900
2901 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2902 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2903 after a configurable timeout.
2904
2905 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2906 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2907 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2908 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2909 it non-idle.
2910
2911 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2912 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2913
2914 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2915 each .network interface in networkd.
2916
2917 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2918 in .network files.
2919
2920 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2921 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2922
2923 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
2924 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2925 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2926 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2927 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2928 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2929 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2930 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2931 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2932 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2933 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2934 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2935 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2936 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2937 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
2938 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2939 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2940 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2941 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2942 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2943 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2944 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
2945 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2946 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2947
2948 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
2949
2950 CHANGES WITH 218:
2951
2952 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2953 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2954 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
2955 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
2956
2957 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
2958 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
2959 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2960 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2961 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2962
2963 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2964
2965 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
2966 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
2967 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2968 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2969 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2970 modified configuration after editing.
2971
2972 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2973 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2974 system preset files.
2975
2976 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2977 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2978 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2979 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2980 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2981 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2982 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2983 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2984 other contexts.
2985
2986 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2987 inhibitors.
2988
2989 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
2990 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
2991 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2992 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2993 managers.
2994
2995 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2996 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2997 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2998 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2999 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3000 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3001 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3002 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3003 parallel to journald.
3004
3005 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3006 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3007 available.
3008
3009 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3010 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3011 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3012 or are not older than the specified time.
3013
3014 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3015 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3016 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3017 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3018
3019 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3020 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3021 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3022 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3023 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3024 communication.
3025
3026 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3027 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3028 services.
3029
3030 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3031 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3032 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3033 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3034 the new "busctl tree" command.
3035
3036 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3037 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3038 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3039 friendly way.
3040
3041 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3042 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3043 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3044 race-ful way.
3045
3046 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3047 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3048 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3049 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3050 --link-journal=try-guest.
3051
3052 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3053 stable MAC addresses.
3054
3055 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3056 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3057 the respective unit shall use.
3058
3059 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3060 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3061 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3062 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3063
3064 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3065 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3066 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3067 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3068 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3069 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3070
3071 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3072 details see:
3073
3074 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3075
3076 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3077 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3078 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3079 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3080 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3081 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3082 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3083 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3084 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3085 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3086 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3087 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3088
3089 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3090 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3091 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3092 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3093 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3094
3095 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3096 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3097 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3098 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3099 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3100 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3101 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3102 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3103
3104 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3105 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3106 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3107 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3108 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3109 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3110 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3111 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3112 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3113 interface.
3114
3115 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3116 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3117 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3118 luks.name= argument.
3119
3120 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3121 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3122 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3123 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3124 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3125 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3126
3127 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3128 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3129 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3130
3131 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3132 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3133 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3134 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3135 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3136 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3137 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3138 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3139 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3140 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3141 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3142 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3143 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3144 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3145 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3146 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3147 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3148 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3149
3150 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3151
3152 CHANGES WITH 217:
3153
3154 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3155 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3156 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3157 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3158
3159 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3160 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3161 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3162 now waits until the operation is complete.
3163
3164 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3165 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3166 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3167 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3168 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3169 connection.
3170
3171 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3172 commands anymore.
3173
3174 * User units are now loaded also from
3175 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3176 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3177 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3178
3179 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3180 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3181 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3182 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3183 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3184 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3185 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3186 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3187 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3188 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3189 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3190 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3191 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3192 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3193 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3194 question.
3195
3196 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3197 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3198 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3199
3200 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3201 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3202 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3203 command line to trigger resume.
3204
3205 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3206 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3207 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3208 Desktop=systemd-console.
3209
3210 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3211 systemd-networkd.
3212
3213 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3214 from the information provided by the networking stack
3215 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3216
3217 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3218 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3219
3220 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3221 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3222 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3223
3224 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3225
3226 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3227 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3228 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3229 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3230 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3231 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3232
3233 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3234 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3235 respected.
3236
3237 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3238 virtualization.
3239
3240 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3241 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3242 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3243 on.
3244
3245 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3246
3247 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3248
3249 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3250 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3251 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3252 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3253 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3254 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3255 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3256
3257 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3258 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3259 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3260 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3261 from the service's view entirely.
3262
3263 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3264 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3265
3266 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3267 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3268 session.
3269
3270 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3271 legacy-free systems.
3272
3273 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3274 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3275 easily.
3276
3277 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3278 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3279 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3280 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3281 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3282 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3283 option.
3284
3285 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3286 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3287 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3288 /usr.
3289
3290 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3291 services, not only the main process.
3292
3293 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3294 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3295 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3296 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3297 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3298
3299 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3300 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3301 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3302 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3303 directly from now on, again.
3304
3305 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3306 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3307 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3308 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3309 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3310 unit file enabling and disabling.
3311
3312 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3313 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3314 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3315 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3316 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3317 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3318 unnecessary or unlikely.
3319
3320 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3321 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3322 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3323 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3324
3325 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3326 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3327 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3328 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3329 overwritten at runtime.
3330
3331 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3332 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3333 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3334 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3335 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3336 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3337 segmentation fault.
3338
3339 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3340 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3341 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3342 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3343 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3344 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3345 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3346 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3347 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3348 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3349 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3350 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3351 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3352 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3353 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3354 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3355 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3356 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3357 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3358 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3359 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3360 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3361
3362 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3363
3364 CHANGES WITH 216:
3365
3366 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3367 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3368 implementations should add a
3369
3370 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3371
3372 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3373 default functionality.
3374
3375 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3376 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3377 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3378 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3379 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3380 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3381 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3382 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3383 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3384 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3385 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3386 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3387 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3388
3389 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3390 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3391 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3392 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3393 expected to be added eventually, too.
3394
3395 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3396 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3397 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3398 new command to update these fields.
3399
3400 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3401 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3402 have been discovered via DHCP.
3403
3404 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3405 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3406 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3407 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3408 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3409 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3410 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3411 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3412 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3413 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3414 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3415 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3416 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3417 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3418 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3419 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3420 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3421 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3422 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3423 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3424
3425 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3426 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3427 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3428
3429 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3430 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3431 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3432 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3433 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3434 control utility for networkd.
3435
3436 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3437 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3438 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3439 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3440 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3441 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3442 (NoDelay=).
3443
3444 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3445 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3446
3447 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3448 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3449 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3450 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3451 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3452 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3453
3454 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3455 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3456 of the link.
3457
3458 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3459 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3460
3461 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3462 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3463
3464 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3465 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3466 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3467 for DHCP.
3468
3469 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3470 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3471 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3472 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3473 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3474 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3475 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3476 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3477
3478 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3479 validation of unit files.
3480
3481 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3482 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3483 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3484 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3485 address may now be configured.
3486
3487 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3488 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3489 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3490 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3491
3492 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3493 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3494
3495 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3496 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3497 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3498 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3499
3500 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3501 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3502 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3503 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3504 implementation.
3505
3506 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3507 journal data to a remote system running
3508 systemd-journal-remote.
3509
3510 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3511 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3512 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3513 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3514 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3515 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3516 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3517 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3518 version, you have to turn this option on again
3519 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3520
3521 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3522 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3523 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3524
3525 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3526 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3527
3528 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3529 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3530
3531 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3532 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3533 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3534
3535 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3536 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3537 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3538 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3539 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3540
3541 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3542
3543 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3544
3545 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3546 when primary addresses are removed.
3547
3548 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3549 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3550 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3551 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3552 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3553 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3554 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3555 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3556 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3557 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3558 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3559 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3560 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3561 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3562 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3563
3564 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3565
3566 CHANGES WITH 215:
3567
3568 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3569 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3570 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3571 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3572 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3573 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3574 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3575 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3576 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3577 require.
3578
3579 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3580 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3581
3582 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3583 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3584 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3585 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3586 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3587 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3588 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3589
3590 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3591 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3592 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3593 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3594 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3595 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3596 update or reset should use this condition and order
3597 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3598 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3599 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3600 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3601 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3602 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3603 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3604 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3605 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3606
3607 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3608
3609 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3610 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3611 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3612 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3613
3614 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3615 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3616 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3617 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3618 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3619 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3620 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3621 .network files using settings of this section should be
3622 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3623 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3624
3625 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3626 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3627
3628 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3629 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3630 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3631 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3632 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3633 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3634 of nspawn instances.
3635
3636 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3637 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3638 added.
3639
3640 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3641 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3642 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3643 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3644 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3645 configuration stored in /etc.
3646
3647 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3648 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3649 parsing of unknown mount options.
3650
3651 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3652 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3653 it already exist and not already be the correct
3654 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3655 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3656 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3657 pre-existing files of different types.
3658
3659 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3660 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3661 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3662 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3663 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3664 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3665 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3666
3667 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3668 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3669 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3670 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3671 shall be executed.
3672
3673 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3674 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3675 example whether it is fully up and running.
3676
3677 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3678 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3679 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3680 reset.
3681
3682 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3683 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3684
3685 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3686 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3687 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3688
3689 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3690 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3691 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3692
3693 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3694 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3695 access to this group.
3696
3697 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3698 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3699 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3700 to the journal.
3701
3702 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3703 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3704 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3705 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3706 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3707 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3708
3709 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3710 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3711 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3712 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3713 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3714 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3715 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3716 the old name to the new name.
3717
3718 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3719 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3720 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3721
3722 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3723 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3724 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3725 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3726 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3727 "systemd-debug-generator".
3728
3729 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3730 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3731 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3732 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3733 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3734 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3735 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3736 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3737 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3738 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3739 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3740
3741 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3742 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3743 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3744 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3745 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3746 machine and user.
3747
3748 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3749 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3750 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3751 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3752 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3753
3754 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3755 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3756 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3757 couple of drop-in directories.
3758
3759 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3760 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3761 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3762 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3763 for dev_port.
3764
3765 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3766 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3767 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3768 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3769
3770 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3771 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3772 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3773 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3774 Restart= setting.
3775
3776 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3777 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3778 directly connect to a specific container on the
3779 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3780 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3781 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3782 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3783 containers is a privileged operation.
3784
3785 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3786 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3787 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3788 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3789 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3790 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3791 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3792 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3793 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3794 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3795 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3796 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3797
3798 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
3799
3800 CHANGES WITH 214:
3801
3802 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3803 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3804 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3805 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3806 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3807 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3808 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3809 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3810 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
3811 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
3812 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
3813 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
3814 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
3815 devices are excluded from this logic.
3816
3817 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3818 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3819 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3820 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3821 change has been released.
3822
3823 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
3824 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
3825 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3826
3827 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
3828 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3829 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
3830 with fewer privileges.
3831
3832 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3833 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3834 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3835 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3836
3837 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
3838 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3839
3840 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
3841 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3842
3843 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
3844 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
3845 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3846
3847 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3848 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
3849 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
3850 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3851 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
3852 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
3853
3854 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
3855 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3856 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
3857
3858 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
3859 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
3860 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3861 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3862 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3863 modifications of user data or system files from
3864 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3865 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3866
3867 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3868 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3869 and FIFOs in the file system.
3870
3871 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
3872 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3873 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3874
3875 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3876 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
3877 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
3878 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
3879 the socket itself.
3880
3881 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3882 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3883 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3884 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3885 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3886 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3887 symlinks, and nothing else.
3888
3889 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3890 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3891 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3892 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3893 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3894 process (for example, the parent process). The
3895 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3896 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3897 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3898 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3899 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3900 messages to services when the originating process already
3901 vanished.
3902
3903 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
3904 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
3905 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3906 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3907 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3908 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3909 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3910 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3911 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3912 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3913 all long-running services.
3914
3915 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3916 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3917 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3918 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3919 service.
3920
3921 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3922 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3923 applied to all submounts, too.
3924
3925 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3926
3927 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3928 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3929 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3930 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3931 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3932 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3933 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3934
3935 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
3936 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3937 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
3938 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
3939 (domU) domains.
3940
3941 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3942 files or entire directories.
3943
3944 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
3945 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3946 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3947 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
3948 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3949
3950 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3951 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3952 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3953 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
3954 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3955 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
3956 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
3957 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
3958 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3959 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3960 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3961 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3962
3963 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3964 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3965 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3966 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3967
3968 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3969 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
3970 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
3971 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
3972 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3973 non-directories.
3974
3975 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3976 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3977 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3978
3979 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3980 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3981 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3982 this group.
3983
3984 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3985 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3986 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3987 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3988 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3989 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3990 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3991
3992 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
3993
3994 CHANGES WITH 213:
3995
3996 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
3997 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
3998 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
3999 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4000 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4001 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4002 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4003 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4004 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4005 client should be more than appropriate for most
4006 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4007 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4008 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4009 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4010 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4011 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4012 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4013 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4014 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4015 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4016 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4017
4018 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4019 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4020 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4021 part of a different namespace.
4022
4023 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4024 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4025 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4026 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4027
4028 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4029 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4030 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4031
4032 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4033 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4034 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4035 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4036 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4037 restart the service in question.
4038
4039 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4040 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4041 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4042 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4043 details when running non-locally.
4044
4045 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4046 graphs it generates.
4047
4048 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4049 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4050 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4051 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4052 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4053
4054 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4055
4056 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4057 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4058 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4059 what it was on SysV systems.
4060
4061 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4062 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4063
4064 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4065 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4066 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4067 files.
4068
4069 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4070 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4071 to show these addresses in its output.
4072
4073 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4074 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4075 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4076 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4077 preferred over a text one.
4078
4079 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4080 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4081 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4082 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4083 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4084 mDNS cache.
4085
4086 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4087 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4088 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4089 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4090 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4091
4092 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4093 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4094 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4095 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4096 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4097
4098 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4099 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4100 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4101 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4102 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4103 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4104 overrides any other settings.
4105
4106 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4107 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4108 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4109 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4110 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4111 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4112 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4113 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4114 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4115 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4116 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4117 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4118 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4119 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4120 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4121 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4122 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4123
4124 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4125
4126 CHANGES WITH 212:
4127
4128 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4129 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4130 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4131 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4132 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4133 by accident.
4134
4135 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4136 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4137 registered with machined.
4138
4139 * sd-login gained new calls
4140 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4141 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4142 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4143 counterparts.
4144
4145 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4146 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4147 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4148 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4149 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4150 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4151 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4152 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4153 once.
4154
4155 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4156 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4157 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4158
4159 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4160 units on all local containers, when used with the
4161 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4162 executed when no parameters are specified).
4163
4164 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4165 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4166 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4167 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4168
4169 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4170 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4171 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4172 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4173 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4174 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4175
4176 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4177 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4178 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4179 of the container.
4180
4181 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4182 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4183 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4184 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4185 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4186 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4187 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4188 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4189
4190 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4191 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4192 instead of /.
4193
4194 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4195 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4196 emergency messages now.
4197
4198 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4199 journal log messages across the network.
4200
4201 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4202 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4203 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4204 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4205 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4206 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4207 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4208
4209 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4210 down a local OS container.
4211
4212 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4213 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4214 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4215
4216 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4217 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4218 this is appropriate.
4219
4220 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4221 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4222 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4223
4224 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4225 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4226 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4227 for debugging purposes.
4228
4229 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4230 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4231 in seconds.
4232
4233 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4234 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4235 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4236 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4237 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4238 like on traditional inetd.
4239
4240 * A new system.conf configuration option
4241 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4242 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4243
4244 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4245 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4246 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4247 do these days).
4248
4249 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4250 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4251 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4252 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4253 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4254 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4255
4256 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4257 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4258 it will be triggered.
4259
4260 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4261 addresses to its local interfaces.
4262
4263 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4264 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4265 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4266 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4267 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4268 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4269 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4270 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4271 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4272
4273 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4274
4275 CHANGES WITH 211:
4276
4277 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4278 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4279 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4280 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4281 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4282 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4283
4284 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4285 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4286 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4287 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4288 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4289 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4290 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4291 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4292 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4293
4294 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4295 matching against device group names.
4296
4297 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4298 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4299 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4300 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4301 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4302 though.
4303
4304 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4305 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4306 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4307 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4308 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4309 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4310 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4311 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4312 systems prepared appropriately.
4313
4314 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4315 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4316 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4317 (see above). This means that installations made with
4318 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4319 deployed using container managers, completely
4320 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4321 this feature soon, too.)
4322
4323 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4324 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4325 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4326 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4327
4328 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4329 using IPv4LL.
4330
4331 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4332 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4333 systemd-networkd.
4334
4335 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4336 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4337 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4338 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4339 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4340
4341 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4342 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4343 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4344 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4345 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4346 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4347 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4348 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4349 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4350 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4351 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4352 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4353 users.
4354
4355 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4356 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4357 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4358 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4359 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4360 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4361 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4362 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4363 due to a closed lid.
4364
4365 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4366 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4367 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4368 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4369 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4370 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4371
4372 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4373 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4374 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4375 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4376 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4377
4378 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4379 now also work in --scope mode.
4380
4381 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4382 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4383 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4384 promises are made.)
4385
4386 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4387 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4388 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4389 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4390 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4391 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4392 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4393 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4394 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4395 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4396
4397 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4398
4399 CHANGES WITH 210:
4400
4401 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4402 according to SMACK rules.
4403
4404 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4405 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4406
4407 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4408 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4409 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4410
4411 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4412 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4413 and machine ID.
4414
4415 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4416 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4417 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4418 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4419 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4420 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4421 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4422 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4423 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4424 backpack or similar.
4425
4426 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4427 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4428 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4429 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4430 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4431 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4432 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4433 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4434 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4435 this on its own.
4436
4437 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4438 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4439 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4440 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4441
4442 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4443 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4444 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4445 --network-bridge= switches.
4446
4447 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4448 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4449 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4450 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4451 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4452 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4453 each configuration option.
4454
4455 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4456 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4457 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4458 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4459 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4460
4461 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4462 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4463 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4464 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4465 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4466
4467 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4468 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4469 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4470 default however.
4471
4472 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4473 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4474 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4475 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4476 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4477 them with systemd-networkd.
4478
4479 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4480 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4481 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4482 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4483 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4484 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4485 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4486 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4487 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4488 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4489 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4490 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4491 during a transitional period!
4492
4493 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4494 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4495 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4496 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4497 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4498 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4499 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4500 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4501
4502 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4503
4504 CHANGES WITH 209:
4505
4506 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4507 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4508 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4509 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4510 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4511 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4512 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4513 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4514 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4515 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4516 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4517 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4518
4519 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4520 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4521 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4522 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4523 machines and the like.
4524
4525 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4526 shutdown/boot.
4527
4528 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4529 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4530
4531 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4532 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4533 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4534 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4535
4536 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4537 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4538 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4539 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4540 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4541 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4542
4543 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4544 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4545 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4546 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4547 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4548 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4549 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4550 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4551 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4552
4553 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4554 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4555
4556 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4557 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4558 implementation.
4559
4560 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4561 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4562 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4563 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4564 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4565 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4566 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4567 and .service units.
4568
4569 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4570 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4571 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4572
4573 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4574 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4575 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4576 nothing makes use of it.
4577
4578 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4579 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4580 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4581
4582 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4583 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4584 compatibility purposes.
4585
4586 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4587 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4588 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4589 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4590 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4591 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4592 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4593 process handling.
4594
4595 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4596 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4597 style to "sd-bus.h".
4598
4599 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4600 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4601 "systemd-networkd".
4602
4603 * There is a new kernel command line option
4604 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4605 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4606 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4607 are not restored.
4608
4609 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4610 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4611 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4612 PID1's support for that anymore.
4613
4614 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4615 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4616
4617 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4618 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4619 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4620 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4621 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4622 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4623
4624 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4625 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4626 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4627 onto remote systems.
4628
4629 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4630 login in any local container. This works with any container
4631 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4632 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4633
4634 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4635 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4636 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4637 system of some kind.
4638
4639 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4640 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4641 next.
4642
4643 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4644 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4645 reboot() system call.
4646
4647 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4648 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4649 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4650 still available but not advertised anymore.
4651
4652 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4653 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4654 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4655 within each Unit.
4656
4657 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4658 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4659 the kernel).
4660
4661 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4662 timestamps (following the setting in
4663 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4664
4665 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4666 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4667
4668 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4669 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4670
4671 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4672 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4673 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4674
4675 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4676 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4677 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4678 the full configuration is shown.
4679
4680 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4681 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4682 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4683
4684 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4685
4686 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4687 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4688
4689 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4690 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4691 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4692 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4693
4694 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4695 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4696 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4697 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4698
4699 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4700 of the legend text.
4701
4702 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4703 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4704 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4705 remote sessions.
4706
4707 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4708 information of SDIO devices.
4709
4710 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4711 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4712 the system manager.
4713
4714 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4715 short description of the connection parameters in the
4716 description.
4717
4718 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4719 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4720 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4721 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4722 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4723 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4724 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4725
4726 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4727 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4728 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4729 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4730 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4731 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4732 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4733 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4734 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4735
4736 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4737 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4738 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4739 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4740 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4741 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4742 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4743 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4744 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4745 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4746 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4747 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4748 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4749 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4750 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4751 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4752 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4753 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4754 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4755 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4756 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4757 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4758 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4759
4760 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4761 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
4762 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4763 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4764 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4765 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
4766 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4767 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4768 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
4769 that you are aware of the instability of the current
4770 APIs.
4771
4772 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
4773 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
4774 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4775 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4776 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4777 declare the APIs stable.
4778
4779 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
4780 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
4781 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
4782 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
4783 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
4784 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4785 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4786 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4787 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4788 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4789 one of them is updated.
4790
4791 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4792 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
4793 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4794 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4795 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4796
4797 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4798 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4799 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4800 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
4801 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
4802 entry points.
4803
4804 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4805 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4806 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4807 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
4808 been disabled at compile-time.
4809
4810 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
4811 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
4812 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4813 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4814
4815 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4816 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4817 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
4818
4819 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4820 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4821 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
4822
4823 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4824 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
4825 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
4826
4827 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4828 remains until jobs expire.
4829
4830 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
4831 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
4832 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
4833 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
4834 all remaining processes of the service.
4835
4836 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4837 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
4838 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4839 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4840 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
4841 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
4842 manager process which created them takes no further
4843 responsibilities for it.
4844
4845 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
4846 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4847 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4848 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4849 marked executable or world-writable.
4850
4851 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
4852 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
4853 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4854 "--setenv=" for consistency.
4855
4856 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4857 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
4858 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
4859 independent of the host.
4860
4861 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4862 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
4863 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
4864 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4865
4866 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4867 with specific SELinux labels set.
4868
4869 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4870 any additional output but the container's own console
4871 output.
4872
4873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4874 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4875
4876 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
4877 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
4878 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
4879 OS images, but only specific apps.
4880
4881 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
4882 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
4883 results in registration of the unit service itself in
4884 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
4885
4886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4887 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4888 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
4889 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4890 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4891 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
4892
4893 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4894 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
4895 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
4896 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4897 units to use.
4898
4899 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4900 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4901 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4902 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4903
4904 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4905 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4906 context for a service.
4907
4908 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4909 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
4910 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4911 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
4912 influence this logic.
4913
4914 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4915 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4916 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4917 other things.
4918
4919 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
4920 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
4921 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4922 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
4923 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4924 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4925 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4926 architectures). There is also a global
4927 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
4928 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4929
4930 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4931 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4932
4933 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4934 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4935 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4936 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4937 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4938 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4939 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4940 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4941 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4942 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4943 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4944 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4945 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4946 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4947 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4948 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4949 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4950 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4951 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4952 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4953 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4954 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4955 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4956 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4957
4958 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
4959
4960 CHANGES WITH 208:
4961
4962 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4963 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4964 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4965 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4966 access input and drm devices which are normally
4967 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4968 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4969 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4970 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4971 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4972 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4973 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4974 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4975
4976 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
4977 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
4978 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4979
4980 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4981 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4982 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4983 kernel version number.
4984
4985 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4986 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
4987 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
4988
4989 * This release removes high-level support for the
4990 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4991 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4992 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
4993 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
4994
4995 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4996 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4997 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
4998 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4999 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5000 cgroup system.
5001
5002 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5003 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5004 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5005 logs among other things.
5006
5007 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5008 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5009 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5010 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5011 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5012 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5013 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5014 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5015 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5016 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5017 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5018 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5019 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5020 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5021 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5022 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5023 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5024 not delayed until next reboot.
5025
5026 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5027 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5028 systemd generated files in one directory.
5029
5030 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5031 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5032 performance information if that's available to determine how
5033 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5034 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5035 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5036
5037 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5038 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5039 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5040 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5041 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5042 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5043 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5044
5045 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5046
5047 CHANGES WITH 207:
5048
5049 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5050 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5051 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5052 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5053
5054 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5055 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5056 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5057 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5058 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5059
5060 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5061 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5062
5063 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5064 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5065 maximum number of tries.
5066
5067 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5068 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5069 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5070
5071 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5072 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5073
5074 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5075 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5076 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5077
5078 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5079 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5080 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5081
5082 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5083 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5084 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5085 and type).
5086
5087 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5088 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5089
5090 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5091 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5092 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5093 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5094
5095 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5096 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5097 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5098 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5099 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5100 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5101 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5102 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5103
5104 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5105 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5106 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5107 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5108
5109 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5110 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5111 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5112 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5113 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5114 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5115 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5116
5117 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5118 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5119
5120 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5121 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5122 automatically after the process terminated.
5123
5124 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5125 certain paths from operation.
5126
5127 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5128 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5129 is received.
5130
5131 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5132 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5133 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5134 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5135 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5136 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5137 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5138 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5139 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5140 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5141 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5142 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5143 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5144
5145 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5146
5147 CHANGES WITH 206:
5148
5149 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5150 concepts introduced with 205.
5151
5152 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5153 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5154 -r".
5155
5156 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5157 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5158 --state= parameter.
5159
5160 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5161 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5162 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5163 the journal.
5164
5165 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5166 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5167 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5168
5169 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5170 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5171 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5172 browsing logs from that point on.
5173
5174 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5175 of an FSS key.
5176
5177 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5178 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5179 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5180 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5181 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5182 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5183 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5184 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5185 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5186 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5187 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5188 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5189 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5190 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5191
5192 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5193 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5194 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5195 backing module right-away.
5196
5197 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5198 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5199
5200 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5201 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5202
5203 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5204 set of processes in the message metadata.
5205
5206 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5207
5208 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5209 support for passing performance data via environment
5210 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5211 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5212 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5213 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5214 deserialize it again.
5215
5216 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5217 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5218 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5219 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5220
5221 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5222 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5223 completely silent shutdown when used.
5224
5225 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5226 option in .socket units.
5227
5228 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5229 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5230 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5231 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5232 system.slice as before.
5233
5234 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5235
5236 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5237 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5238 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5239 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5240 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5241 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5242 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5243
5244 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5245
5246 CHANGES WITH 205:
5247
5248 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5249
5250 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5251 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5252 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5253 possible for system services and applications to group their
5254 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5255 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5256 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5257
5258 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5259 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5260 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5261 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5262 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5263
5264 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5265 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5266 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5267 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5268
5269 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5270 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5271 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5272 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5273 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5274 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5275 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5276 and useful as a general batch manager.
5277
5278 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5279 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5280 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5281 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5282 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5283 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5284 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5285 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5286 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5287 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5288
5289 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5290 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5291 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5292 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5293 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5294 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5295 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5296 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5297 is compile-time optional.
5298
5299 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5300 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5301 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5302 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5303 well as slice units.
5304
5305 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5306 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5307 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5308 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5309 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5310 command that wraps this call.
5311
5312 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5313 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5314 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5315 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5316 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5317 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5318 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5319
5320 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5321 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5322 off audit.
5323
5324 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5325 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5326
5327 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5328 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5329 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5330 and system logs.
5331
5332 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5333 snippets extending unit files.
5334
5335 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5336 not available as public API.
5337
5338 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5339 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5340 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5341
5342 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5343 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5344 controls what to boot into by default.
5345
5346 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5347 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5348
5349 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5350 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5351 about the unit file loading.
5352
5353 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5354 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5355 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5356 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5357 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5358 racy due to journal file rotation.
5359
5360 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5361 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5362 all services.
5363
5364 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5365 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5366 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5367 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5368 system services want to log events about specific client
5369 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5370 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5371 unit is requested.
5372
5373 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5374 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5375 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5376 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5377 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5378 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5379 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5380 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5381 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5382 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5383 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5384 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5385 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5386
5387 CHANGES WITH 204:
5388
5389 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5390 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5391
5392 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5393 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5394 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5395
5396 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5397 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5398
5399 CHANGES WITH 203:
5400
5401 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5402 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5403
5404 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5405 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5406 fields, including the root directory.
5407
5408 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5409 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5410 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5411 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5412 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5413 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5414 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5415 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5416 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5417 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5418 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5419
5420 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5421 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5422
5423 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5424 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5425
5426 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5427 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5428 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5429 the local hostname.
5430
5431 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5432 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5433 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5434 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5435 VMs/containers coming and going.
5436
5437 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5438 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5439 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5440
5441 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5442 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5443 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5444 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5445
5446 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5447 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5448 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5449
5450 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5451 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5452 services. With the container's root directory in
5453 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5454 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5455
5456 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5457 the processes within a certain container.
5458
5459 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5460 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5461 check though. Patches welcome!
5462
5463 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5464 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5465 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5466 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5467 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5468
5469 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5470 the passed argument if applicable.
5471
5472 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5473 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5474 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5475 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5476 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5477 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5478 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5479 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5480
5481 CHANGES WITH 202:
5482
5483 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5484 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5485 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5486 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5487 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5488 units activate.
5489
5490 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5491 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5492 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5493 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5494 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5495 for now, and not installable.
5496
5497 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5498 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5499 can run in conjunction with udev.
5500
5501 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5502 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5503 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5504 session manager.
5505
5506 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5507 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5508 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5509 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5510 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5511 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5512 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5513 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5514 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5515 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5516 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5517
5518 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5519
5520 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5521 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5522 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5523 logical expressions.
5524
5525 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5526 switches.
5527
5528 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5529 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5530 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5531 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5532 the user.
5533
5534 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5535 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5536 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5537 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5538 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5539 an entry.
5540
5541 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5542 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5543 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5544 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5545 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5546 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5547
5548 CHANGES WITH 201:
5549
5550 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5551 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5552 directory.
5553
5554 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5555 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5556 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5557 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5558 problem.
5559
5560 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5561 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5562 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5563 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5564
5565 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5566 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5567
5568 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5569 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5570 files in this context are files such as
5571 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5572
5573 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5574 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5575 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5576 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5577 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5578 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5579
5580 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5581 hostnames.
5582
5583 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5584 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5585 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5586 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5587 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5588 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5589 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5590 all time-related output of systemd.
5591
5592 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5593 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5594 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5595 loops.
5596
5597 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5598 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5599
5600 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5601 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5602 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5603 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5604 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5605
5606 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5607 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5608 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5609 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5610 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5611 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5612 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5613
5614 CHANGES WITH 200:
5615
5616 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5617 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5618 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5619 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5620 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5621 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5622
5623 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5624 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5625 images.
5626
5627 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5628 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5629 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5630
5631 CHANGES WITH 199:
5632
5633 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5634
5635 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5636 security policy.
5637
5638 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5639 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5640 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5641 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5642 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5643 the same service can still access). When a service is
5644 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5645 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5646 this though).
5647
5648 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5649 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5650 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5651 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5652 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5653 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5654
5655 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5656 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5657
5658 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5659 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5660
5661 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5662
5663 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5664 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5665 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5666 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5667 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5668
5669 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5670 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5671 system is to be mounted.
5672
5673 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5674 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5675 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5676 purpose for socket units.
5677
5678 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5679 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5680
5681 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5682 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5683 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5684 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5685 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5686
5687 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5688 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5689 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5690 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5691 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5692 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5693 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5694 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5695 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5696
5697 CHANGES WITH 198:
5698
5699 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5700 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5701 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5702 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5703 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5704 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5705 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5706 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5707 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5708 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5709 unit files locally: copying the files from
5710 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5711 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5712 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5713 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5714 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5715 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5716 for them too.
5717
5718 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5719 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5720 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5721 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5722 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5723 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5724 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5725 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5726 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5727
5728 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5729 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5730
5731 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5732 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5733 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5734 other users.
5735
5736 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5737 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5738 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5739 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5740 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5741 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5742 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5743 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5744 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5745 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5746 supported.
5747
5748 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5749 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5750 the foreground VT.
5751
5752 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5753 call.
5754
5755 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5756 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5757 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5758 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5759 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5760 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5761 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5762 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5763 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5764 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5765 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5766 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5767 also been removed.
5768
5769 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
5770 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
5771 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5772 objects themselves.
5773
5774 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5775
5776 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5777 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
5778 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
5779 to how this is supported in shells.
5780
5781 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5782 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5783 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5784 user systemd instance.
5785
5786 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5787 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5788 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5789 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5790 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5791 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5792 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5793 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5794 one day for good in the kernel.
5795
5796 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5797 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5798 container.
5799
5800 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
5801 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
5802 the host into the container.
5803
5804 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
5805 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5806 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5807 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5808 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5809 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
5810
5811 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5812
5813 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5814 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
5815 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5816 configured to be mounted there.
5817
5818 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5819 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5820 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5821 system resume events.
5822
5823 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5824 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
5825 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
5826 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
5827
5828 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5829 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5830 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5831 card).
5832
5833 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5834 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5835 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5836
5837 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5838 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5839 later "change" event.
5840
5841 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5842 now carry a message ID.
5843
5844 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5845 continues to be work in progress.
5846
5847 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5848 root directory to operate relative to.
5849
5850 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5851 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
5852 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5853 times a little.
5854
5855 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5856 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5857 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5858 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5859 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5860 request boot into firmware operations.
5861
5862 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5863 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5864 correctly in initrds.
5865
5866 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5867 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5868
5869 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5870 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5871
5872 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5873 the status of all active or failed units.
5874
5875 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5876 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5877 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
5878 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
5879 requests more robust.
5880
5881 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5882 reading journal files.
5883
5884 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5885 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5886
5887 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5888
5889 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
5890 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
5891
5892 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5893 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5894 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5895 socket activation in daemons.
5896
5897 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5898 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5899
5900 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5901 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5902 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5903
5904 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
5905 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
5906 system units.
5907
5908 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5909 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5910 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5911
5912 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5913 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5914 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
5915 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
5916 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5917 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5918 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5919 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5920 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5921 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5922 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
5923 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
5924 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5925 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5926 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5927 package installation time.
5928
5929 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5930 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5931 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5932 installation time.
5933
5934 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5935 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5936
5937 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5938
5939 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5940 available.
5941
5942 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5943 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5944
5945 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5946 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5947 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5948 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5949 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5950 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5951 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5952 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5953 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5954 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5955 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5956 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5957 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5958 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5959
5960 CHANGES WITH 197:
5961
5962 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5963 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5964 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5965 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5966 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5967 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5968 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5969 the supported calendar time specification language see
5970 systemd.time(7).
5971
5972 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5973 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5974 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5975 document for details:
5976
5977 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5978
5979 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
5980 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5981 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
5982 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5983 dependencies.
5984
5985 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5986 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5987 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5988 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5989 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5990 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5991 with a configure switch.
5992
5993 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5994 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5995 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5996 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5997 such as ext4.
5998
5999 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6000 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6001 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6002
6003 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6004 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6005
6006 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6007 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6008 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6009 using only core OS tools.
6010
6011 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6012 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6013 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6014 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6015 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6016 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6017 eventually.
6018
6019 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6020 presenting log data.
6021
6022 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6023 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6024
6025 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6026 system on idle.
6027
6028 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6029 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6030 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6031 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6032 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6033 information if possible.
6034
6035 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6036 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6037 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6038
6039 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6040 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6041 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6042 is running on battery power.
6043
6044 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6045 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6046 is in the "failed" state.
6047
6048 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6049 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6050 environment files at once.
6051
6052 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6053 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6054 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6055 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6056 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6057 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6058 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6059 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6060 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6061 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6062 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6063 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6064 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6065
6066 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6067 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6068
6069 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6070 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6071
6072 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6073 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6074 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6075 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6076 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6077 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6078 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6079 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6080 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6081 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6082 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6083 shipped from us upstream.
6084
6085 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6086 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6087 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6088 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6089 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6090 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6091 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6092 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6093 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6094 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6095 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6096 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6097 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6098
6099 CHANGES WITH 196:
6100
6101 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6102 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6103 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6104 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6105 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6106 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6107 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6108 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6109 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6110 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6111 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6112 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6113 data for all devices where this is available, by
6114 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6115 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6116 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6117 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6118 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6119 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6120
6121 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6122 indexed database to link up additional information with
6123 journal entries. For further details please check:
6124
6125 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6126
6127 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6128 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6129 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6130 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6131 macro for this purpose.
6132
6133 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6134 Python logging framework.
6135
6136 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6137 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6138 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6139 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6140 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6141 time intervals.
6142
6143 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6144 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6145 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6146
6147 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6148 right-away on the selected coredump.
6149
6150 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6151 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6152 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6153
6154 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6155 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6156 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6157 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6158
6159 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6160 default.
6161
6162 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6163 SMACK security label.
6164
6165 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6166 daylight saving change.
6167
6168 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6169 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6170 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6171 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6172 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6173 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6174 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6175
6176 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6177 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6178 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6179 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6180 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6181 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6182 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6183 PolicyKit is not around.
6184
6185 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6186 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6187
6188 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6189 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6190 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6191 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6192 offline updating tools.
6193
6194 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6195 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6196 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6197 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6198 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6199 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6200
6201 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6202 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6203
6204 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6205 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6206 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6207 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6208 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6209 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6210 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6211 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6212 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6213
6214 CHANGES WITH 195:
6215
6216 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6217 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6218 units via --unit=/-u.
6219
6220 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6221 right thing.
6222
6223 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6224 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6225 rotation.
6226
6227 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6228 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6229 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6230 completion of journalctl has been updated
6231 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6232 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6233
6234 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6235 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6236
6237 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6238 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6239 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6240 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6241 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6242 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6243 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6244 completion.
6245
6246 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6247 extract coredumps from the journal.
6248
6249 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6250 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6251 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6252 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6253 scratch their heads.
6254
6255 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6256 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6257
6258 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6259 in immediate termination of systemd.
6260
6261 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6262 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6263
6264 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6265 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6266 mouse screen support has been added.
6267
6268 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6269 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6270
6271 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6272 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6273 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6274 "systemctl reload".
6275
6276 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6277 -u" instead.
6278
6279 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6280 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6281 configured.
6282
6283 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6284 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6285
6286 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6287 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6288 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6289 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6290 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6291 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6292 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6293
6294 CHANGES WITH 194:
6295
6296 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6297 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6298 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6299 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6300 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6301 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6302 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6303 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6304 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6305 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6306 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6307 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6308
6309 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6310 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6311 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6312
6313 CHANGES WITH 193:
6314
6315 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6316 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6317
6318 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6319 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6320 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6321
6322 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6323 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6324 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6325 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6326 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6327 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6328 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6329
6330 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6331 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6332
6333 This will download the journal contents in a
6334 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6335
6336 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6337
6338 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6339 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6340 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6341 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6342 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6343
6344 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6345
6346 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6347 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6348
6349 CHANGES WITH 192:
6350
6351 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6352 too.
6353
6354 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6355 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6356 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6357 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6358 just start them.
6359
6360 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6361 and line break accordingly.
6362
6363 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6364 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6365
6366 CHANGES WITH 191:
6367
6368 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6369 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6370 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6371 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6372 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6373
6374 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6375 will default to 10 if omitted.
6376
6377 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6378 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6379 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6380 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6381 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6382
6383 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6384 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6385 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6386 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6387 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6388 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6389 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6390
6391 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6392 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6393 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6394 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6395 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6396 into two.
6397
6398 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6399 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6400
6401 CHANGES WITH 190:
6402
6403 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6404 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6405 "systemctl status".
6406
6407 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6408 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6409 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6410 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6411 field.)
6412
6413 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6414 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6415 default.
6416
6417 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6418 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6419 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6420 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6421 in a container.
6422
6423 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6424 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6425 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6426 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6427 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6428 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6429
6430 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6431 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6432 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6433 no-op.
6434
6435 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6436 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6437 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6438 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6439 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6440
6441 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6442 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6443
6444 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6445 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6446 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6447 command.
6448
6449 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6450 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6451 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6452
6453 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6454
6455 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6456 multiple files at once.
6457
6458 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6459 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6460 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6461 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6462 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6463 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6464 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6465
6466 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6467 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6468 now support specifiers as well.
6469
6470 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6471 dir: %_presetdir.
6472
6473 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6474 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6475
6476 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6477 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6478 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6479 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6480 anymore.
6481
6482 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6483 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6484 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6485 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6486
6487 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6488 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6489 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6490
6491 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6492 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6493 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6494 sockets.
6495
6496 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6497 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6498 is changed.
6499
6500 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6501 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6502 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6503 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6504 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6505 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6506 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6507
6508 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6509
6510 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6511 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6512
6513 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6514 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6515
6516 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6517 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6518 (%b).
6519
6520 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6521 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6522 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6523 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6524 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6525 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6526 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6527
6528 CHANGES WITH 189:
6529
6530 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6531 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6532
6533 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6534 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6535 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6536 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6537 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6538 syslog daemons again.
6539
6540 * The libudev API gained the new
6541 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6542
6543 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6544 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6545 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6546 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6547
6548 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6549 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6550 container.
6551
6552 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6553 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6554 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6555 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6556 this explaining it in more detail.
6557
6558 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6559 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6560 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6561 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6562
6563 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6564 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6565 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6566 journal files.
6567
6568 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6569 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6570 as container init process a lot more fun.
6571
6572 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6573 entries.
6574
6575 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6576 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6577 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6578 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6579 different sets of services.
6580
6581 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6582 failure state.
6583
6584 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6585 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6586 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6587
6588 CHANGES WITH 188:
6589
6590 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6591 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6592 tree a lot more organized.
6593
6594 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6595 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6596
6597 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6598 services.
6599
6600 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6601 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6602 filtering by log level now.
6603
6604 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6605 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6606 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6607
6608 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6609 command lines involving service unit names.
6610
6611 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6612 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6613
6614 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6615 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6616 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6617
6618 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6619 option.
6620
6621 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6622 a shutdown is cancelled.
6623
6624 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6625 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6626 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6627 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6628 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6629
6630 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6631 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6632 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6633 for display managers instead.
6634
6635 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6636 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6637 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6638 protection, and suchlike.
6639
6640 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6641 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6642 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6643 the service.
6644
6645 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6646 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6647 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6648 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6649 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6650 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6651
6652 CHANGES WITH 187:
6653
6654 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6655 pages.
6656
6657 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6658 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6659 data loss.
6660
6661 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6662 option.
6663
6664 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6665
6666 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6667 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6668
6669 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6670 specific directory.
6671
6672 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6673 messages of two different boots.
6674
6675 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6676 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6677 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6678
6679 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6680 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6681 disjunctions.
6682
6683 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6684 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6685 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6686
6687 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6688 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6689 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6690
6691 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6692 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6693 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6694 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6695 speed things up a bit.
6696
6697 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6698 header data of journal files.
6699
6700 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6701 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6702 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6703
6704 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6705 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6706 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6707 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6708
6709 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6710
6711 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6712 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6713 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6714 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6715
6716 CHANGES WITH 186:
6717
6718 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6719 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6720 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6721 prefixed with rd.
6722
6723 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6724 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6725
6726 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6727
6728 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6729
6730 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6731
6732 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6733 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6734 as well.
6735
6736 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6737 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6738 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6739
6740 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6741 does the right thing. Example:
6742
6743 udevadm info /dev/sda
6744 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6745
6746 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6747 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6748 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6749 running.
6750
6751 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6752 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6753
6754 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6755 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6756
6757 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6758 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6759 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6760 files.
6761
6762 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6763 be stopped that is not loaded.
6764
6765 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6766
6767 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6768
6769 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6770 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6771 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6772 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6773
6774 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6775 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6776 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6777 completed initialization.
6778
6779 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6780
6781 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6782 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6783 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6784 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6785 distributions.
6786
6787 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6788 always valid when services log to the journal via
6789 STDOUT/STDERR.
6790
6791 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6792 command line options we understand.
6793
6794 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6795 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6796
6797 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
6798 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6799
6800 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6801 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6802 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6803 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6804
6805 systemctl status /home
6806 systemctl status /dev/sda
6807
6808 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6809 system.conf parsing.
6810
6811 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6812 Manager object.
6813
6814 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
6815
6816 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6817
6818 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6819 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6820 complete.
6821
6822 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6823 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6824 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6825 systemd-fsck@.service.
6826
6827 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6828 Manager object.
6829
6830 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6831 work sensibly.
6832
6833 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6834 we actually understand.
6835
6836 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6837 additional capabilities to the container.
6838
6839 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
6840 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
6841 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6842
6843 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6844 the current boot only.
6845
6846 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6847 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6848
6849 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6850 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6851 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6852 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6853 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6854
6855 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6856
6857 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6858 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6859 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6860 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
6861
6862 CHANGES WITH 185:
6863
6864 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6865 available.
6866
6867 * Several new man pages have been added.
6868
6869 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6870 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6871 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6872 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
6873
6874 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6875 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
6876
6877 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6878 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6879 Matthias Clasen
6880
6881 CHANGES WITH 184:
6882
6883 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6884 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6885
6886 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6887 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6888 daemon.
6889
6890 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6891 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6892
6893 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6894 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6895 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6896 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6897
6898 CHANGES WITH 183:
6899
6900 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6901 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6902 and systemd's most recent version number.
6903
6904 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6905 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6906 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6907 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6908 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
6909 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
6910
6911 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
6912 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6913 subsystems.
6914
6915 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6916 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6917 used to subscribe to events.
6918
6919 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6920 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6921 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6922 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
6923 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
6924 forked by udev rules.
6925
6926 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6927 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6928 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6929 it.
6930
6931 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
6932 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6933 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6934 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
6935 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
6936
6937 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
6938 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
6939
6940 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6941 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6942 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6943 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6944
6945 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6946 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6947 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6948 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6949 to be used as drop-in files.
6950
6951 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
6952 particular suspending and hibernating.
6953
6954 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6955 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6956 about this in more detail.
6957
6958 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
6959 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
6960 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6961 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6962 from git history and add them downstream.
6963
6964 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6965 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
6966 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
6967 units.
6968
6969 * All smaller setup units (such as
6970 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6971 are run in a container and are skipped when
6972 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6973 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6974
6975 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6976 integrated, for details see:
6977 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6978
6979 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6980 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6981 messages.
6982
6983 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6984 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
6985 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6986 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6987 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6988
6989 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6990 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6991 for all units started by PID 1.
6992
6993 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6994 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6995 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6996
6997 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6998 of PID 1 anymore.
6999
7000 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7001 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7002 have not been read by systemd yet.
7003
7004 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7005 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7006 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7007 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7008 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7009 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7010
7011 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7012 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7013
7014 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7015
7016 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7017 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7018 so sexy.
7019
7020 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7021 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7022 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7023 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7024 patterns.
7025
7026 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7027 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7028 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7029 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7030
7031 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7032 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7033
7034 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7035 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7036 in systemd now.
7037
7038 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7039 ID on the command line.
7040
7041 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7042 for an init system.
7043
7044 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7045 vt100.
7046
7047 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7048
7049 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7050 components now have directories of their own.
7051
7052 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7053
7054 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7055 container in other hierarchies.
7056
7057 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7058 system.conf.
7059
7060 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7061
7062 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7063 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7064
7065 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7066 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7067
7068 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7069 locally generated journal files.
7070
7071 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7072
7073 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7074
7075 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7076 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7077 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7078 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7079 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7080 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7081 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7082 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7083 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7084 Gundersen
7085
7086 CHANGES WITH 44:
7087
7088 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7089
7090 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7091 KVM or container configured UUID.
7092
7093 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7094
7095 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7096
7097 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7098 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7099
7100 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7101
7102 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7103 folks
7104
7105 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7106 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7107 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7108
7109 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7110 configuration
7111
7112 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7113 free fashion
7114
7115 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7116 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7117 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7118 automatically generated data.
7119
7120 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7121 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7122 however.
7123
7124 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7125 tarball.
7126
7127 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7128 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7129 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7130 Reding
7131
7132 CHANGES WITH 43:
7133
7134 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7135
7136 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7137
7138 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7139
7140 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7141 normal user logins.
7142
7143 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7144 Biebl
7145
7146 CHANGES WITH 42:
7147
7148 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7149
7150 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7151 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7152 xsltproc.
7153
7154 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7155 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7156 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7157
7158 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7159 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7160 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7161
7162 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7163
7164 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7165 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7166 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7167
7168 CHANGES WITH 41:
7169
7170 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7171 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7172 package update.
7173
7174 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7175 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7176 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7177
7178 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7179 complete.
7180
7181 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7182 understood to set system wide environment variables
7183 dynamically at boot.
7184
7185 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7186
7187 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7188 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7189 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7190 files.
7191
7192 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7193 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7194 William Douglas
7195
7196 CHANGES WITH 40:
7197
7198 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7199
7200 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7201 "Result" D-Bus property.
7202
7203 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7204 the next few releases.)
7205
7206 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7207 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7208 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7209 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7210
7211 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7212 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7213 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7214
7215 CHANGES WITH 39:
7216
7217 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7218 bugfixes.
7219
7220 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7221 resource usage.
7222
7223 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7224 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7225 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7226 journals by the respective users.
7227
7228 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7229 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7230 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7231
7232 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7233 client for all entries.
7234
7235 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7236
7237 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7238 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7239
7240 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7241 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7242 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7243 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7244
7245 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7246 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7247 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7248
7249 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7250 journal along with meta data.
7251
7252 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7253 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7254 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7255
7256 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7257 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7258 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7259
7260 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7261
7262 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7263 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7264 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7265 or fsck.
7266
7267 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7268 requested with new -k switch.
7269
7270 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7271 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7272
7273 CHANGES WITH 38:
7274
7275 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7276 bugfixes.
7277
7278 * The git repository moved to:
7279 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7280 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7281
7282 * First release with the journal
7283 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7284
7285 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7286 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7287
7288 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7289
7290 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7291
7292 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7293 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7294 remote mounts.
7295
7296 * Added Mageia support
7297
7298 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7299
7300 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7301 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7302 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7303 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7304 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7305
7306 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7307 of existing distributions.
7308
7309 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7310 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7311
7312 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7313 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7314 boot.
7315
7316 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7317
7318 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7319 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7320 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7321 among other things.
7322
7323 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7324 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7325
7326 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7327
7328 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7329 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7330 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7331
7332 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7333 restored.
7334
7335 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7336 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7337 kmod
7338
7339 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7340 of /usr/local by default.
7341
7342 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7343 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7344 in:
7345 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7346
7347 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7348 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7349 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7350 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7351 supported anyway, and bad style).
7352
7353 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7354 reloading of units together.
7355
7356 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7357 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7358 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7359 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7360 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek